gnunet-svn
[Top][All Lists]
Advanced

[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]

[GNUnet-SVN] r6704 - in libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW: . microhttpd


From: gnunet
Subject: [GNUnet-SVN] r6704 - in libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW: . microhttpd
Date: Sun, 13 Apr 2008 03:26:49 -0600 (MDT)

Author: grothoff
Date: 2008-04-13 03:26:49 -0600 (Sun, 13 Apr 2008)
New Revision: 6704

Added:
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.pdf
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_1.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_10.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_11.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_12.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_13.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_14.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_15.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_16.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_17.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_18.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_19.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_2.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_3.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_4.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_5.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_6.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_7.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_8.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_9.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_abt.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_fot.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_ovr.html
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_toc.html
Modified:
   libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/index.html
Log:
docs

Modified: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/index.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/index.html   2008-04-13 09:20:20 UTC (rev 6703)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/index.html   2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -71,10 +71,12 @@
 <a name="using"></a>
 <h2>Using libmicrohttpd</h2>
 <p >
-The <tt>microhttpd.h</tt> include file documents most of the API in
+The <a 
href="http://gnunet.org/libmicrohttpd/doxygen/dc/d0c/microhttpd_8h.html";>microhttpd.h</a>
 include file documents most of the API in
 detail.  You can find detailed documentation generated from the source
-code <a href="doxygen/">here</a>.  This webpage only gives a general
-overview.
+code <a href="doxygen/">here</a>.  The libmicrohttpd manual is available
+as one document in <a href="microhttpd.pdf">pdf</a> and <a 
href="microhttpd.html">html</a>
+formats, and as multiple pages in <a href="microhttpd/microhttpd.html">html</a>
+format.  The rest of this section webpage gives a general overview.
 </p>
 <p >
 Here is a minimal example (included in the distribution):

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd.html                           
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd.html   2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: The GNU libmicrohttpd 
Library</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: The 
GNU libmicrohttpd Library">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: The GNU 
libmicrohttpd Library">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Top"></a>
+<a name="SEC_Top"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="settitle">The GNU libmicrohttpd Library</h1>
+<p>This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file &lsquo;<tt>microhttpd.h</tt>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
+<p>Copyright &copy; 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+</p>
+<blockquote><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this 
document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled &quot;GNU
+Free Documentation License&quot;.
+</p></blockquote>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1">1. 
Introduction</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. 
Constants</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. 
Structures type definition</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback 
functions definition</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting 
and stopping the server</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6">6. 
Implementing external <code>select</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td 
align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7">7. Handling 
requests</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8">8. Building 
answers to responses</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top">        Building responses to requests.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13">9. Adding 
a <code>POST</code> processor</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+Appendices
+
+</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15">Copying</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td 
align="left" valign="top">                     The GNU Lesser General Public 
License says how you
+                                can copy and share some parts of 
`libmicrohttpd'.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td 
align="left" valign="top">                     The GNU Free Documentation 
License says how you
+                                can copy and share the documentation of 
`libmicrohttpd'.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+Indices
+
+</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21">Concept Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td 
align="left" valign="top">               Index of concepts and programs.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22">Function 
and Data Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">     
Index of functions, variables and data types.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_19.html#SEC23">Type 
Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">               
   Index of data types.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>GNU libmicrohttpd is part of the GNU project.
+</p>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_1.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_1.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_1.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 1. Introduction</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 1. 
Introduction">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 1. 
Introduction">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dintro"></a>
+<a name="SEC1"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 1. Introduction </h1>
+
+
+<p>All symbols defined in the public <acronym>API</acronym> start with 
<code>MHD_</code>.  <acronym>MHD</acronym>
+is a small <acronym>HTTP</acronym> daemon library.  As such, it does not have 
any <acronym>API</acronym>
+for logging errors (you can only enable or disable logging to stderr).
+Also, it may not support all of the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> features directly, 
where
+applicable, portions of <acronym>HTTP</acronym> may have to be handled by 
clients of the
+library.
+</p>
+<p>The library is supposed to handle everything that it must handle
+(because the <acronym>API</acronym> would not allow clients to do this), such 
as basic
+connection management; however, detailed interpretations of headers &mdash;
+such as range requests &mdash; and <acronym>HTTP</acronym> methods are left to 
clients.  The
+library does understand <code>HEAD</code> and will only send the headers of
+the response and not the body, even if the client supplied a body.  The
+library also understands headers that control connection management
+(specifically, <code>Connection: close</code> and <code>Expect: 100 
continue</code>
+are understood and handled automatically).
+</p>
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> understands <code>POST</code> data and is able to 
decode certain
+formats (at the moment only <code>application/x-www-form-urlencoded</code>
+and <code>multipart/form-data</code>) using the post processor API.  The
+data stream of a POST is also provided directly to the main
+application, so unsupported encodings could still be processed, just
+not conveniently by <acronym>MHD</acronym>.
+</p>
+<p>The header file defines various constants used by the 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol.
+This does not mean that <acronym>MHD</acronym> actually interprets all of 
these values.
+The provided constants are exported as a convenience for users of the
+library.  <acronym>MHD</acronym> does not verify that transmitted 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> headers are
+part of the standard specification; users of the library are free to
+define their own extensions of the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> standard and use 
those with
+<acronym>MHD</acronym>.
+</p>
+<p>All functions are guaranteed to be completely reentrant and
+thread-safe.  <acronym>MHD</acronym> checks for allocation failures and tries 
to
+recover gracefully (for example, by closing the connection).
+Additionally, clients can specify resource limits on the overall
+number of connections, number of connections per IP address and memory
+used per connection to avoid resource exhaustion.
+</p>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_10.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_10.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_10.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.2 Creating response 
objects</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.2 
Creating response objects">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.2 
Creating response objects">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-create"></a>
+<a name="SEC10"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h2 class="section"> 8.2 Creating response objects </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Response * 
<b>MHD_create_response_from_callback</b><i> (size_t size, unsigned int 
block_size, MHD_ContentReaderCallback crc, void *crc_cls, 
MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback crfc)</i>
+<a name="IDX25"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a response object.  The response object can be extended with
+header information and then it can be used any number of times.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>size of the data portion of the response, <code>-1</code> for unknown;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>block_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>preferred block size for querying <var>crc</var> (advisory only, 
<acronym>MHD</acronym> may
+still call <var>crc</var> using smaller chunks); this is essentially the
+buffer size used for <acronym>IO</acronym>, clients should pick a value that is
+appropriate for <acronym>IO</acronym> and memory performance requirements;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to use to obtain response data;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crc_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>crc</var>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crfc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to call to free <var>crc_cls</var> resources.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (i.e. invalid arguments, out of memory).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Response * 
<b>MHD_create_response_from_data</b><i> (size_t size, void *data, int 
must_free, int must_copy)</i>
+<a name="IDX26"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a response object.  The response object can be extended with
+header information and then it can be used any number of times.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>size of the data portion of the response;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the data itself;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>must_free</var></dt>
+<dd><p>if true: <acronym>MHD</acronym> should free data when done;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>must_copy</var></dt>
+<dd><p>if true: <acronym>MHD</acronym> allocates a block of memory and use it 
to make a copy of
+<var>data</var> embedded in the returned <code>MHD_Response</code> structure;
+handling of the embedded memory is responsibility of <acronym>MHD</acronym>; 
<var>data</var>
+can be released anytime after this call returns.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (i.e. invalid arguments, out of memory).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<p>Example: create a response from a statically allocated string:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">const char * data = 
&quot;&lt;html&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Error!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;&quot;;
+
+struct MHD_Connection * connection = ...;
+struct MHD_Response *   response;
+
+response = MHD_create_response_from_data(strlen(data), data,
+                                         MHD_NO, MHD_NO);
+MHD_queue_response(connection, 404, response);
+MHD_destroy_response(response);
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_11.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_11.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_11.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.3 Adding headers to a 
response</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.3 
Adding headers to a response">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.3 
Adding headers to a response">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-headers"></a>
+<a name="SEC11"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h2 class="section"> 8.3 Adding headers to a response </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_add_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *header, const char *content)</i>
+<a name="IDX27"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Add a header line to the response. The strings referenced by
+<var>header</var> and <var>content</var> must be zero-terminated and they are
+duplicated into memory blocks embedded in <var>response</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Notice that the strings must not hold newlines, carriage returns or tab
+chars.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_NO</code> on error (i.e. invalid header or content format 
or
+memory allocation error).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_del_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *header, const char *content)</i>
+<a name="IDX28"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Delete a header line from the response.  Return <code>MHD_NO</code> on 
error
+(arguments are invalid or no such header known).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_12.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_12.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_12.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.4 Inspecting a response 
object</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.4 
Inspecting a response object">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.4 
Inspecting a response object">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-inspect"></a>
+<a name="SEC12"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h2 class="section"> 8.4 Inspecting a response object </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_response_headers</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, MHD_KeyValueIterator iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX29"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get all of the headers added to a response.
+</p>
+<p>Invoke the <var>iterator</var> callback for each header in the response,
+using <var>iterator_cls</var> as first argument. Return number of entries
+iterated over.  <var>iterator</var> can be <code>NULL</code>: in this case the 
function
+just counts headers.
+</p>
+<p><var>iterator</var> should not modify the its key and value arguments, 
unless
+we know what we are doing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> const char * <b>MHD_get_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *key)</i>
+<a name="IDX30"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Find and return a pointer to the value of a particular header from the
+response.  <var>key</var> must reference a zero-terminated string
+representing the header to look for. The search is case sensitive.
+Return <code>NULL</code> if header does not exist or <var>key</var> is 
<code>NULL</code>.
+</p>
+<p>We should not modify the value, unless we know what we are doing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_13.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_13.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_13.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9. Adding a POST 
processor</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9. 
Adding a POST processor">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9. 
Adding a POST processor">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dpost"></a>
+<a name="SEC13"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 9. Adding a <code>POST</code> processor </h1>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14">9.1 
Programming interface for the <code>POST</code> 
processor</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> provides the post procesor API to make it easier for 
applications to
+parse the data of a client's <code>POST</code> request: the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code> will be invoked multiple times to
+process data as it arrives; at each invocation a new chunk of data must
+be processed. The arguments <var>upload_data</var> and 
<var>upload_data_size</var>
+are used to reference the chunk of data.
+</p>
+<p>When <code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code> is invoked for a new connection:
+its <code>*<var>con_cls</var></code> argument is set to <code>NULL</code>. 
When <code>POST</code>
+data comes in the upload buffer it is <strong>mandatory</strong> to use the
+<var>con_cls</var> to store a reference to per-connection data.  The fact
+that the pointer was initially <code>NULL</code> can be used to detect that
+this is a new request.  
+</p>
+<p>One method to detect that a new connection was established is
+to set <code>*con_cls</code> to anunused integer:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">int
+access_handler (void *cls,
+                struct MHD_Connection * connection,
+                const char *url,
+                const char *method, const char *version,
+                const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size,
+                void **con_cls)
+{
+  static int old_connection_marker;
+  int new_connection = (MYNULL == *con_cls);
+
+  if (new_connection) 
+    {
+      /* new connection with POST */
+      *con_cls = &amp;old_connection_marker;
+    }
+
+  ...
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>In contrast to the previous example, for <code>POST</code> requests in 
particular,
+it is more common to use the value of <code>*con_cls</code> to keep track of
+actual state used during processing, such as the post processor (or a
+struct containing a post processor):
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">int
+access_handler (void *cls,
+                struct MHD_Connection * connection,
+                const char *url,
+                const char *method, const char *version,
+                const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size,
+                void **con_cls)
+{
+  struct MHD_PostProcessor * pp = *con_cls;
+
+  if (pp == NULL) 
+    {
+      pp = MHD_create_post_processor(connection, ...);
+      *con_cls = pp;
+      return MHD_YES;
+    }
+  if (*upload_data_size) 
+    {
+      MHD_post_process(pp, upload_data, *upload_data_size);
+      *upload_data_size = 0;
+      return MHD_YES;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return MHD_queue_response(...);
+    }
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>Note that the callback from <code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>
+should be used to destroy the post processor.  This cannot be
+done inside of the access handler since the connection may not
+always terminate normally.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_14.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_14.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_14.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9.1 Programming interface for 
the POST processor</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9.1 
Programming interface for the POST processor">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 9.1 
Programming interface for the POST processor">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dpost-api"></a>
+<a name="SEC14"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h2 class="section"> 9.1 Programming interface for the <code>POST</code> 
processor </h2>
+
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_PostProcessor * 
<b>MHD_create_post_processor</b><i> (struct MHD_Connection *connection, 
unsigned int buffer_size, MHD_PostDataIterator iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX31"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a PostProcessor.  A PostProcessor can be used to (incrementally)
+parse the data portion of a <code>POST</code> request.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the connection on which the <code>POST</code> is happening (used to 
determine
+the <code>POST</code> format);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>buffer_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>maximum number of bytes to use for internal buffering (used only for the
+parsing, specifically the parsing of the keys).  A tiny value (256-1024)
+should be sufficient; do <strong>NOT</strong> use a value smaller than 256;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>iterator</var></dt>
+<dd><p>iterator to be called with the parsed data; must <strong>NOT</strong> be
+<code>NULL</code>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>iterator_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value to be used as first argument to <var>iterator</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (out of memory, unsupported encoding), 
otherwise
+a PP handle.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_post_process</b><i> (struct MHD_PostProcessor 
*pp, const char *post_data, unsigned int post_data_len)</i>
+<a name="IDX32"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Parse and process <code>POST</code> data.  Call this function when 
<code>POST</code>
+data is available (usually during an <code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code>)
+with the <var>upload_data</var> and <var>upload_data_size</var>.  Whenever
+possible, this will then cause calls to the
+<code>MHD_IncrementalKeyValueIterator</code>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>pp</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the post processor;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>post_data</var></dt>
+<dd><p><var>post_data_len</var> bytes of <code>POST</code> data;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>post_data_len</var></dt>
+<dd><p>length of <var>post_data</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> on error
+(out-of-memory, iterator aborted, parse error).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_destroy_post_processor</b><i> (struct 
MHD_PostProcessor *pp)</i>
+<a name="IDX33"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Release PostProcessor resources.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_15.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_15.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_15.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Copying</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Copying">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Copying">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Copying"></a>
+<a name="SEC15"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Copying </h1>
+<p align="center"> Version 2.1, February 1999
+</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="display">Copyright &copy; 1991, 1999 
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
+version number 2.1.]
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<a name="SEC16"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> Preamble </h3>
+
+<p>  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software&mdash;to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+</p>
+<p>  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software&mdash;typically libraries&mdash;of the Free
+Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You can use
+it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this
+license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to
+use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+</p>
+<p>  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these
+things.
+</p>
+<p>  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+</p>
+<p>  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+</p>
+<p>  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+</p>
+<p>  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+</p>
+<p>  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+</p>
+<p>  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+</p>
+<p>  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+</p>
+<p>  We call this license the <em>Lesser</em> General Public License because it
+does <em>Less</em> to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+</p>
+<p>  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+</p>
+<p>  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+</p>
+<p>  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+</p>
+<p>  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+&ldquo;work based on the library&rdquo; and a &ldquo;work that uses the 
library&rdquo;.  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+</p>
+<a name="SEC17"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND 
MODIFICATION </h3>
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program
+which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other
+authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
+Lesser General Public License (also called &ldquo;this License&rdquo;).  Each
+licensee is addressed as &ldquo;you&rdquo;.
+
+<p>  A &ldquo;library&rdquo; means a collection of software functions and/or 
data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+</p>
+<p>  The &ldquo;Library&rdquo;, below, refers to any such software library or 
work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A &ldquo;work based on the
+Library&rdquo; means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term &ldquo;modification&rdquo;.)
+</p>
+<p>  &ldquo;Source code&rdquo; for a work means the preferred form of the work 
for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+</p>
+<p>  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+<p>  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+</li><li>
+You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+</li><li>
+You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+in the event an application does not supply such function or
+table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+<p>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+root function must still compute square roots.)
+</p></li></ol>
+
+<p>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+</p>
+<p>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+</p>
+<p>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+<p>  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+</p>
+<p>  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+<p>  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo;.  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+<p>  However, linking a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; with the 
Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a &ldquo;work that uses the
+library&rdquo;.  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+</p>
+<p>  When a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; uses material from a 
header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+</p>
+<p>  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+</p>
+<p>  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+<p>  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+with the Library, with the complete machine-readable &ldquo;work that
+uses the Library&rdquo;, as object code and/or source code, so that the
+user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+to use the modified definitions.)
+
+</li><li>
+Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library.  A
+suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the
+library already present on the user's computer system, rather than
+copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate
+properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs
+one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the
+version that the work was made with.
+
+</li><li>
+Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+least three years, to give the same user the materials
+specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+</li><li>
+If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+specified materials from the same place.
+
+</li><li>
+Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>  For an executable, the required form of the &ldquo;work that uses the
+Library&rdquo; must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
+executable.
+</p>
+<p>  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+Sections above.
+
+</li><li>
+Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+</li></ol>
+
+</li><li>
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+</li><li>
+You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+</li><li>
+Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+</li><li>
+If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+<p>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+</p>
+<p>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+</p>
+<p>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+<p>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+&ldquo;any later version&rdquo;, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+
+</li><li>
+BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+</li><li>
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+</li></ol>
+
+
+
+<a name="SEC18"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries </h3>
+
+<p>  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+</p>
+<p>  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+&ldquo;copyright&rdquo; line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample"><var>one line to give 
the library's name and an idea of what it does.</var>
+Copyright (C) <var>year</var>  <var>name of author</var>
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at
+your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+USA.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+</p>
+<p>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a &ldquo;copyright disclaimer&rdquo; for the library, 
if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby 
disclaims all copyright interest in the library
+`Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+<var>signature of Ty Coon</var>, 1 April 1990
+Ty Coon, President of Vice
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>That's all there is to it!
+</p>
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_16.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_16.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_16.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: GNU-FDL</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
GNU-FDL">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
GNU-FDL">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="GNU_002dFDL"></a>
+<a name="SEC19"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> GNU-FDL </h1>
+<p align="center"> Version 1.2, November 2002
+</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="display">Copyright &copy; 
2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+PREAMBLE
+
+<p>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document <em>free</em> in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+</p>
+<p>This License is a kind of &ldquo;copyleft&rdquo;, which means that 
derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+</p>
+<p>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+<p>This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The &ldquo;Document&rdquo;, below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as &ldquo;you&rdquo;.  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Modified Version&rdquo; of the Document means any work containing 
the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Secondary Section&rdquo; is a named appendix or a front-matter 
section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Invariant Sections&rdquo; are certain Secondary Sections whose 
titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Cover Texts&rdquo; are certain short passages of text that are 
listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Transparent&rdquo; copy of the Document means a machine-readable 
copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not &ldquo;Transparent&rdquo; is called 
&ldquo;Opaque&rdquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+<small>ASCII</small> without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+format, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> using a publicly 
available
+<acronym>DTD</acronym>, and standard-conforming simple <acronym>HTML</acronym>,
+PostScript or <acronym>PDF</acronym> designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include <acronym>PNG</acronym>, 
<acronym>XCF</acronym> and
+<acronym>JPG</acronym>.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or
+<acronym>XML</acronym> for which the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and/or processing 
tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated <acronym>HTML</acronym>,
+PostScript or <acronym>PDF</acronym> produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Title Page&rdquo; means, for a printed book, the title page 
itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, &ldquo;Title Page&rdquo; 
means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+</p>
+<p>A section &ldquo;Entitled XYZ&rdquo; means a named subunit of the Document 
whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;, or 
&ldquo;History&rdquo;.)  To &ldquo;Preserve the Title&rdquo;
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section &ldquo;Entitled XYZ&rdquo; according to this definition.
+</p>
+<p>The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+<p>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+</p>
+<p>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+<p>If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+</p>
+<p>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+</p>
+<p>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+</p>
+<p>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+<p>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+</li><li>
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+</li><li>
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+</li><li>
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+</li><li>
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+</li><li>
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve the section Entitled &ldquo;History&rdquo;, Preserve its Title, and 
add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section Entitled &ldquo;History&rdquo; in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the &ldquo;History&rdquo; section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+</li><li>
+For any section Entitled &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo; or 
&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+</li><li>
+Delete any section Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+</li><li>
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo; 
or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+</p>
+<p>You may add a section Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;, provided it 
contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties&mdash;for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+</p>
+<p>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+</p>
+<p>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+<p>You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+</p>
+<p>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+</p>
+<p>In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled 
&ldquo;History&rdquo;
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+&ldquo;History&rdquo;; likewise combine any sections Entitled 
&ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+and any sections Entitled &ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;.  You must delete all
+sections Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements.&rdquo;
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+<p>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+</p>
+<p>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+<p>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an &ldquo;aggregate&rdquo; if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+</p>
+<p>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+TRANSLATION
+
+<p>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+</p>
+<p>If a section in the Document is Entitled &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, or &ldquo;History&rdquo;, the requirement (section 
4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+TERMINATION
+
+<p>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+<p>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+<a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/";>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License &ldquo;or any later version&rdquo; applies to it, you have the option 
of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+</p></li></ol>
+
+
+<a name="SEC20"></a>
+<h2 class="heading"> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </h2>
+
+<p>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">  Copyright (C)  
<var>year</var>  <var>your name</var>.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+  Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the &ldquo;with&hellip;Texts.&rdquo; line with this:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">    with the Invariant 
Sections being <var>list their titles</var>, with
+    the Front-Cover Texts being <var>list</var>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+    being <var>list</var>.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+</p>
+<p>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_17.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_17.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_17.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Concept Index</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Concept Index">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Concept 
Index">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Concept-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC21"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Concept Index </h1>
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_18.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_18.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_18.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Function and Data Index</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Function and Data Index">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Function and Data Index">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Function-and-Data-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC22"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_19.html#SEC23" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_19.html#SEC23" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Function and Data Index </h1>
+
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC22_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>*</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+<br>
+<a href="#SEC22_1" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-fn">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> 
Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC22_0">*</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX9"><code>*MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX10"><code>*MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX13"><code>*MHD_ContentReaderCallback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX14"><code>*MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX12"><code>*MHD_KeyValueIterator</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX15"><code>*MHD_PostDataIterator</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_4.html#IDX11"><code>*MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC22_1">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_11.html#IDX27"><code>MHD_add_response_header</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a 
response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_14.html#IDX31"><code>MHD_create_post_processor</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for 
the <code>POST</code> processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_10.html#IDX25"><code>MHD_create_response_from_callback</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10">8.2 Creating response 
objects</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_10.html#IDX26"><code>MHD_create_response_from_data</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10">8.2 Creating response 
objects</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_11.html#IDX28"><code>MHD_del_response_header</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a 
response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_14.html#IDX33"><code>MHD_destroy_post_processor</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for 
the <code>POST</code> processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_9.html#IDX24"><code>MHD_destroy_response</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a 
response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_7.html#IDX21"><code>MHD_get_connection_values</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7">7. Handling 
requests</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_6.html#IDX19"><code>MHD_get_fdset</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_12.html#IDX30"><code>MHD_get_response_header</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response 
object</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_12.html#IDX29"><code>MHD_get_response_headers</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response 
object</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_6.html#IDX20"><code>MHD_get_timeout</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_7.html#IDX22"><code>MHD_lookup_connection_value</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7">7. Handling 
requests</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_14.html#IDX32"><code>MHD_post_process</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for 
the <code>POST</code> processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_9.html#IDX23"><code>MHD_queue_response</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a 
response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_5.html#IDX18"><code>MHD_run</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_5.html#IDX16"><code>MHD_start_daemon</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the 
server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_5.html#IDX17"><code>MHD_stop_daemon</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the 
server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC22_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>*</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+<br>
+<a href="#SEC22_1" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_19.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_19.html                        
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_19.html        2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Type Index</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Type 
Index">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Type 
Index">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Type-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC23"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt;&gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Type Index </h1>
+
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC23_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-tp">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> 
Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC23_0">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_3.html#IDX6"><code>MHD_Connection</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_3.html#IDX5"><code>MHD_Daemon</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_2.html#IDX1"><code>MHD_FLAG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_2.html#IDX2"><code>MHD_OPTION</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_3.html#IDX8"><code>MHD_PostProcessor</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_2.html#IDX4"><code>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</code></a></td><td
 valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_3.html#IDX7"><code>MHD_Response</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="microhttpd_2.html#IDX3"><code>MHD_ValueKind</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC23_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_2.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_2.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_2.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 2. Constants</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 2. 
Constants">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 2. 
Constants">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dconst"></a>
+<a name="SEC2"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 2. Constants </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_FLAG</b>
+<a name="IDX1"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Options for the <acronym>MHD</acronym> daemon.
+</p>
+<p>Note that if neither <code>MHD_USER_THREAD_PER_CONNECTION</code> nor
+<code>MHD_USE_SELECT_INTERNALLY</code> are used, the client wants control over
+the process and will call the appropriate microhttpd callbacks.
+</p>
+<p>Starting the daemon may also fail if a particular option is not
+implemented or not supported on the target platform (i.e. no support for
+<acronym>SSL</acronym>, threads or IPv6).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_NO_FLAG</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No options selected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_DEBUG</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run in debug mode.  If this flag is used, the library should print error
+messages and warnings to stderr.  Note that <acronym>MHD</acronym> also needs 
to be
+compiled with the configure option <code>--enable-messages</code> for this
+run-time option to have any effect.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_SSL</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run in https mode (this is not yet supported).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_THREAD_PER_CONNECTION</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using one thread per connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_SELECT_INTERNALLY</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using an internal thread doing <code>SELECT</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_IPv6</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using the IPv6 protocol (otherwise, <acronym>MHD</acronym> will 
just support IPv4).
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_PEDANTIC_CHECKS</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Be pedantic about the protocol (as opposed to as tolerant as possible).
+Specifically, at the moment, this flag causes <acronym>MHD</acronym> to reject 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym>
+1.1 connections without a <code>Host</code> header.  This is required by the
+standard, but of course in violation of the &ldquo;be as liberal as possible
+in what you accept&rdquo; norm.  It is recommended to turn this 
<strong>ON</strong>
+if you are testing clients against <acronym>MHD</acronym>, and 
<strong>OFF</strong> in
+production.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_OPTION</b>
+<a name="IDX2"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>MHD</acronym> options.  Passed in the varargs portion of
+<code>MHD_start_daemon()</code>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_END</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No more options / last option.  This is used to terminate the VARARGs
+list.
+</p>  
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_MEMORY_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Maximum memory size per connection (followed by an <code>unsigned 
int</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Maximum number of concurrenct connections to accept (followed by an
+<code>unsigned int</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>After how many seconds of inactivity should a connection automatically
+be timed out? (followed by an <code>unsigned int</code>; use zero for no
+timeout).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Register a function that should be called whenever a request has been
+completed (this can be used for application-specific clean up).
+Requests that have never been presented to the application (via
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback()</code>) will not result in
+notifications.
+</p>
+<p>This option should be followed by <strong>TWO</strong> pointers.  First a
+pointer to a function of type <code>MHD_RequestCompletedCallback()</code>
+and second a pointer to a closure to pass to the request completed
+callback.  The second pointer maybe <code>NULL</code>.
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_PER_IP_CONNECTION_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Limit on the number of (concurrent) connections made to the
+server from the same IP address.  Can be used to prevent one
+IP from taking over all of the allowed connections.  If the
+same IP tries to establish more than the specified number of
+connections, they will be immediately rejected.  The option
+should be followed by an <code>unsigned int</code>.  The default is
+zero, which means no limit on the number of connections
+from the same IP address.
+</p>
+
+
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_ValueKind</b>
+<a name="IDX3"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The <code>MHD_ValueKind</code> specifies the source of the key-value 
pairs in
+the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_RESPONSE_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Response header.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> header.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_COOKIE_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Cookies.  Note that the original <acronym>HTTP</acronym> header 
containing the cookie(s)
+will still be available and intact.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_POSTDATA_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><code>POST</code> data.  This is available only if a content encoding
+supported by <acronym>MHD</acronym> is used (currently only 
<acronym>URL</acronym> encoding), and
+only if the posted content fits within the available memory pool.  Note
+that in that case, the upload data given to the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback()</code> will be empty (since it has
+already been processed).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_GET_ARGUMENT_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><code>GET</code> (<acronym>URI</acronym>) arguments.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> footer (only for http 1.1 chunked encodings).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</b>
+<a name="IDX4"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The <code>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</code> specifies reasons why a 
request
+has been terminated (or completed).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_COMPLETED_OK</code></dt>
+<dd><p>We finished sending the response.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_WITH_ERROR</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Error handling the connection (resources exhausted, other side closed
+connection, application error accepting request, etc.)
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_TIMEOUT_REACHED</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No activity on the connection for the number of seconds specified using
+<code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_DAEMON_SHUTDOWN</code></dt>
+<dd><p>We had to close the session since <acronym>MHD</acronym> was being shut 
down.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_3.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_3.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_3.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 3. Structures type 
definition</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 3. 
Structures type definition">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 3. 
Structures type definition">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dstruct"></a>
+<a name="SEC3"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 3. Structures type definition </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Daemon</b>
+<a name="IDX5"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for the daemon (listening on a socket for 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> traffic).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Connection</b>
+<a name="IDX6"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for a connection / <acronym>HTTP</acronym> request.  With 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym>/1.1, multiple
+requests can be run over the same connection.  However, <acronym>MHD</acronym> 
will only
+show one request per <acronym>TCP</acronym> connection to the client at any 
given time.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Response</b>
+<a name="IDX7"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for a response.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_PostProcessor</b>
+<a name="IDX8"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for <code>POST</code> processing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_4.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_4.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_4.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 4. Callback functions 
definition</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 4. 
Callback functions definition">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 4. 
Callback functions definition">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dcb"></a>
+<a name="SEC4"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 4. Callback functions definition </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, const struct sockaddr * addr, socklen_t addrlen)</i>
+<a name="IDX9"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Invoked in the context of a connection to allow or deny a client to
+connect.  This callback return <code>MHD_YES</code> if connection is allowed,
+<code>MHD_NO</code> if not.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <var>addr</var></dt>
+<dd><p>address information from the client;
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <var>addrlen</var></dt>
+<dd><p>length of the address information.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, struct MHD_Connection * connection, const char *url, const char *method, 
const char *version, const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size, 
void **con_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX10"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Invoked in the context of a connection to answer a request from the
+client.  This callback must call <acronym>MHD</acronym> functions (example: the
+<code>MHD_Response</code> ones) to provide content to give back to the client
+and return an <acronym>HTTP</acronym> status code (i.e. <code>200</code> for 
OK, <code>404</code>,
+etc.).
+</p>
+<p><a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13">Adding a <code>POST</code> 
processor</a>, for details on how to code this callback.
+</p>
+<p>Must return <code>MHD_YES</code> if the connection was handled successfully,
+<code>MHD_NO</code> if the socket must be closed due to a serious error while
+handling the request
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>url</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>URL</acronym> requested by the client;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>method</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> method used by the client 
(<code>GET</code>, <code>PUT</code>,
+<code>DELETE</code>, <code>POST</code>, etc.);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>version</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> version string (i.e. <code>HTTP/1.1</code>);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>upload_data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the data being uploaded (excluding headers):
+</p>
+<ul class="toc">
+<li>
+for a <code>POST</code> that fits into memory and that is encoded with a
+supported encoding, the <code>POST</code> data will <strong>NOT</strong> be 
given in
+<var>upload_data</var> and is instead available as part of
+<code>MHD_get_connection_values()</code>;
+
+</li><li>
+very large <code>POST</code> data <strong>will</strong> be made available
+incrementally in <var>upload_data</var>;
+</li></ul>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>upload_data_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>set initially to the size of the <var>upload_data</var> provided; this
+callback must update this value to the number of bytes <strong>NOT</strong>
+processed; unless external select is used, the callback maybe
+required to process at least some data.  If the callback fails to
+process data in multi-threaded or internal-select mode and if the
+read-buffer is already at the maximum size that MHD is willing to
+use for reading (about half of the maximum amount of memory allowed
+for the connection), then MHD will abort handling the connection
+and return an internal server error to the client.  In order to
+avoid this, clients must be able to process upload data incrementally
+and reduce the value of <code>upload_data_size</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>con_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>reference to a pointer, initially set to <code>NULL</code>, that this 
callback can
+set to some address and that will be preserved by <acronym>MHD</acronym> for 
future
+calls for this request;
+</p>
+<p>since the access handler may be called many times (i.e., for a
+<code>PUT</code>/<code>POST</code> operation with plenty of upload data) this 
allows
+the application to easily associate some request-specific state;
+</p>
+<p>if necessary, this state can be cleaned up in the global
+<code>MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</code> (which can be set with the
+<code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> void <b>*MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</b><i> 
(void *cls, struct MHD_Connectionconnection, void **con_cls, enum 
MHD_RequestTerminationCode toe)</i>
+<a name="IDX11"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Signature of the callback used by <acronym>MHD</acronym> to notify the 
application about
+completed requests.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>connection handle;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>con_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>value as set by the last call to the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>toe</var></dt>
+<dd><p>reason for request termination see 
<code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_KeyValueIterator</b><i> (void *cls, 
enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char *key, const char *value)</i>
+<a name="IDX12"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Iterator over key-value pairs.  This iterator can be used to iterate
+over all of the cookies, headers, or <code>POST</code>-data fields of a
+request, and also to iterate over the headers that have been added to a
+response.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> to continue iterating, <code>MHD_NO</code> to 
abort the
+iteration.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_ContentReaderCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, size_t pos, char *buf, int max)</i>
+<a name="IDX13"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Callback used by <acronym>MHD</acronym> in order to obtain content.  
The callback has to
+copy at most <var>max</var> bytes of content into <var>buf</var>.  The total
+number of bytes that has been placed into <var>buf</var> should be returned.
+</p>
+<p>Note that returning zero will cause <acronym>MHD</acronym> to try again, 
either
+&ldquo;immediately&rdquo; if in multi-threaded mode (in which case the callback
+may want to do blocking operations) or in the next round if MHD_run is
+used.  Returning zero for a daemon that runs in internal
+<code>select()</code> mode is an error (since it would result in busy
+waiting) and will cause the program to be aborted (<code>abort()</code>).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>pos</var></dt>
+<dd><p>position in the datastream to access; note that if an
+<code>MHD_Response</code> object is re-used, it is possible for the same
+content reader to be queried multiple times for the same data; however,
+if an <code>MHD_Response</code> is not re-used, <acronym>MHD</acronym> 
guarantees that
+<var>pos</var> will be the sum of all non-negative return values obtained
+from the content reader so far.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>-1</code> on error (<acronym>MHD</acronym> will no longer try 
to read content and
+instead close the connection with the client).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> void <b>*MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback</b><i> 
(void *cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX14"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This method is called by <acronym>MHD</acronym> if we are done with a 
content reader.
+It should be used to free resources associated with the content reader.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_PostDataIterator</b><i> (void *cls, 
enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char *key, const char *filename, const char 
*content_type, const char *transfer_encoding, const char *data, size_t off, 
size_t size)</i>
+<a name="IDX15"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Iterator over key-value pairs where the value maybe made available in
+increments and/or may not be zero-terminated.  Used for processing
+<code>POST</code> data.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>kind</var></dt>
+<dd><p>type of the value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>key</var></dt>
+<dd><p>zero-terminated key for the value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>filename</var></dt>
+<dd><p>name of the uploaded file, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>content_type</var></dt>
+<dd><p>mime-type of the data, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>transfer_encoding</var></dt>
+<dd><p>encoding of the data, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>pointer to size bytes of data at the specified offset;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>off</var></dt>
+<dd><p>offset of data in the overall value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>number of bytes in data available.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> to continue iterating, <code>MHD_NO</code> to 
abort the
+iteration.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_5.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_5.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_5.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 5. Starting and stopping the 
server</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 5. 
Starting and stopping the server">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 5. 
Starting and stopping the server">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dinit"></a>
+<a name="SEC5"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 5. Starting and stopping the server </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Daemon * <b>MHD_start_daemon</b><i> (unsigned 
int flags, unsigned short port, MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback apc, void *apc_cls, 
MHD_AccessHandlerCallback dh, void *dh_cls, ...)</i>
+<a name="IDX16"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Start a webserver on the given port.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>flags</var></dt>
+<dd><p>OR-ed combination of <code>MHD_FLAG</code> values;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>port</var></dt>
+<dd><p>port to bind to;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>apc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to call to check which clients will be allowed to connect; you
+can pass <code>NULL</code> in which case connections from any 
<acronym>IP</acronym> will be
+accepted;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>apc_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>apc</var>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>dh</var></dt>
+<dd><p>default handler for all <acronym>URI</acronym>s;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>dh_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>dh</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Additional arguments are a list of options (type-value pairs,
+terminated with <code>MHD_OPTION_END</code>). It is mandatory to use
+<code>MHD_OPTION_END</code> as last argument, even when there are no
+additional arguments.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error, handle to daemon on success.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_stop_daemon</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon 
*daemon)</i>
+<a name="IDX17"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Shutdown an <acronym>HTTP</acronym> daemon.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_run</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon)</i>
+<a name="IDX18"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Run webserver operations (without blocking unless in client callbacks).
+This method should be called by clients in combination with
+<code>MHD_get_fdset()</code> if the client-controlled <code>select()</code>
+method is used.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if this daemon 
was not
+started with the right options for this call.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_6.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_6.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_6.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 6. Implementing external 
select</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 6. 
Implementing external select">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 6. 
Implementing external select">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dinspect"></a>
+<a name="SEC6"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 6. Implementing external <code>select</code> </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_fdset</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon, 
fd_set * read_fd_set, fd_set * write_fd_set, fd_set * except_fd_set, int 
*max_fd)</i>
+<a name="IDX19"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Obtain the <code>select()</code> sets for this daemon. The daemon's 
socket
+is added to <var>read_fd_set</var>. The list of currently existent
+connections is scanned and their file descriptors added to the correct
+set.
+</p>
+<p>see <a href="../libc/index.html#Top">(libc)</a>, for details on file 
descriptor sets.
+</p>
+<p>After the call completed successfully: the variable referenced by
+<var>max_fd</var> references the file descriptor with highest integer
+identifier. The variable must be set to zero before invoking this
+function.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if: the 
arguments are
+invalid (example: <code>NULL</code> pointers); this daemon was not started with
+the right options for this call.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_timeout</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon, 
unsigned long long *timeout)</i>
+<a name="IDX20"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Obtain timeout value for select for this daemon (only needed if
+connection timeout is used).  The returned value is how long
+<code>select()</code> should at most block, not the timeout value set for
+connections.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>timeout</var></dt>
+<dd><p>set to the timeout (in milliseconds).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if timeouts are 
not used
+(or no connections exist that would necessiate the use of a timeout
+right now).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_7.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_7.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_7.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 7. Handling requests</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 7. 
Handling requests">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 7. 
Handling requests">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002drequests"></a>
+<a name="SEC7"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Next 
chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 7. Handling requests </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_connection_values</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Connection *connection, enum MHD_ValueKind kind, MHD_KeyValueIterator 
iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX21"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get all the headers matching <var>kind</var> from the request.
+</p>
+<p>The <var>iterator</var> callback is invoked once for each header, with
+<var>iterator_cls</var> as first argument. Return the number of entries
+iterated over; this can be less than the number of headers if, while
+iterating, <var>iterator</var> returns <code>MHD_NO</code>.
+</p>
+<p><var>iterator</var> can be <code>NULL</code>: in this case this function 
just counts
+and returns the number of headers.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> const char * <b>MHD_lookup_connection_value</b><i> 
(struct MHD_Connection *connection, enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char 
*key)</i>
+<a name="IDX22"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get a particular header value.  If multiple values match the 
<var>kind</var>,
+return one of them (the &ldquo;first&rdquo;, whatever that means).  
<var>key</var> must
+reference a zero-terminated <acronym>ASCII</acronym>-coded string representing 
the
+header to look for: it is compared against the headers using
+<code>strcasecmp()</code>, so case is ignored.  Return <code>NULL</code> if no 
such
+item was found.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_8.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_8.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_8.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8. Building answers to 
responses</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8. 
Building answers to responses">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8. 
Building answers to responses">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponses"></a>
+<a name="SEC8"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9" title="Next 
section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1 class="chapter"> 8. Building answers to responses </h1>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9">8.1 
Enqueuing a response</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10">8.2 
Creating response objects</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top">  Creating a response object.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11">8.3 
Adding headers to a response</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12">8.4 
Inspecting a response object</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p>Response objects handling by <acronym>MHD</acronym> is asynchronous with 
respect to the
+application execution flow. Instances of the <code>MHD_Response</code>
+structure are not associated to a daemon and neither to a client
+connection: they are managed with reference counting.
+</p>
+<p>In the simplest case: we allocate a new <code>MHD_Response</code> structure
+for each response, we use it once and finally we destroy it.
+</p>
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> allows more efficient resources usages.
+</p>
+<p>Example: we allocate a new <code>MHD_Response</code> structure for each
+response <strong>kind</strong>, we use it every time we have to give that
+responce and we finally destroy it only when the daemon shuts down.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_9.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_9.html                         
(rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_9.html 2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC 
(rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.1 Enqueuing a response</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.1 
Enqueuing a response">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 8.1 
Enqueuing a response">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-enqueue"></a>
+<a name="SEC9"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10" 
title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" 
title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8" title="Up 
section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13" 
title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h2 class="section"> 8.1 Enqueuing a response </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_queue_response</b><i> (struct MHD_Connection 
*connection, unsigned int status_code, struct MHD_Response *response)</i>
+<a name="IDX23"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Queue a response to be transmitted to the client as soon as possible
+(increment the reference counter).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the connection identifying the client;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>status_code</var></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> status code (i.e. <code>200</code> for OK);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>response</var></dt>
+<dd><p>response to transmit.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success or if message has been queued.  
Return
+<code>MHD_NO</code>: if arguments are invalid (example: <code>NULL</code> 
pointer); on
+error (i.e. reply already sent).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_destroy_response</b><i> (struct MHD_Response 
*response)</i>
+<a name="IDX24"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Destroy a response object and associated resources (decrement the
+reference counter).  Note that <acronym>MHD</acronym> may keep some of the 
resources
+around if the response is still in the queue for some clients, so the
+memory may not necessarily be freed immediatley.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<p>An explanation of reference counting<a name="DOCF1" 
href="microhttpd_fot.html#FOOT1">(1)</a>:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+a <code>MHD_Response</code> object is allocated:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">struct MHD_Response * 
response = MHD_create_response_from_data(...);
+/* here: reference counter = 1 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the <code>MHD_Response</code> object is enqueued in a 
<code>MHD_Connection</code>:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre 
class="example">MHD_queue_response(connection, , response);
+/* here: reference counter = 2 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the creator of the response object discharges responsibility for it:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre 
class="example">MHD_destroy_response(response);
+/* here: reference counter = 1 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the daemon handles the connection sending the response's data to the
+client then decrements the reference counter by calling
+<code>MHD_destroy_response()</code>: the counter's value drops to zero and
+the <code>MHD_Response</code> object is released.
+</li></ol>
+
+
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_abt.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_abt.html                       
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_abt.html       2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: About This Document</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
About This Document">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: About 
This Document">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="SEC_About"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1>About This Document</h1>
+<p>
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+</p>
+<p>
+  The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
+</p>
+<table border="1">
+  <tr>
+    <th> Button </th>
+    <th> Name </th>
+    <th> Go to </th>
+    <th> From 1.2.3 go to</th>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &lt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Back</td>
+    <td>Previous section in reading order</td>
+    <td>1.2.2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &gt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Forward</td>
+    <td>Next section in reading order</td>
+    <td>1.2.4</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &lt;&lt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">FastBack</td>
+    <td>Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter</td>
+    <td>1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ Up ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Up</td>
+    <td>Up section</td>
+    <td>1.2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &gt;&gt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">FastForward</td>
+    <td>Next chapter</td>
+    <td>2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Top] </td>
+    <td align="center">Top</td>
+    <td>Cover (top) of document</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Contents] </td>
+    <td align="center">Contents</td>
+    <td>Table of contents</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Index] </td>
+    <td align="center">Index</td>
+    <td>Index</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ ? ] </td>
+    <td align="center">About</td>
+    <td>About (help)</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>
+  where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at 
<strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following 
structure:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li> 1. Section One
+    <ul>
+      <li>1.1 Subsection One-One
+        <ul>
+          <li>...</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.2 Subsection One-Two
+        <ul>
+          <li>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One</li>
+          <li>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two</li>
+          <li>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp;
+            <strong>&lt;== Current Position </strong></li>
+          <li>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.3 Subsection One-Three
+        <ul>
+          <li>...</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.4 Subsection One-Four</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_fot.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_fot.html                       
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_fot.html       2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Footnotes</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Footnotes">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Footnotes">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="SEC_Foot"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1>Footnotes</h1>
+<h3><a name="FOOT1" href="microhttpd_9.html#DOCF1">(1)</a></h3>
+<p>Note to readers acquainted
+to the Tcl <acronym>API</acronym>: reference counting on 
<code>MHD_Connection</code>
+structures is handled in the same way as Tcl handles <code>Tcl_Obj</code>
+structures through <code>Tcl_IncrRefCount()</code> and
+<code>Tcl_DecrRefCount()</code>.
+</p><hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_ovr.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_ovr.html                       
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_ovr.html       2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Short Table of Contents</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Short Table of Contents">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Short 
Table of Contents">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="shortcontents">
+<ul class="toc">
+<li><a name="TOC1" href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1">1. Introduction</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC2" href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC3" href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC4" href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC5" href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the 
server</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC6" href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC7" href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7">7. Handling requests</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC8" href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8">8. Building answers to 
responses</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC13" href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13">9. Adding a 
<code>POST</code> processor</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC15" href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15">Copying</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC16" href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC17" href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21">Concept Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC18" href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22">Function and Data 
Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC19" href="microhttpd_19.html#SEC23">Type Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_toc.html#SEC_Contents" 
title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_toc.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_toc.html                       
        (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd/microhttpd_toc.html       2008-04-13 
09:26:49 UTC (rev 6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Table of Contents</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: 
Table of Contents">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual: Table 
of Contents">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<h1>Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="contents">
+
+<ul class="toc">
+  <li><a name="TOC1" href="microhttpd_1.html#SEC1">1. Introduction</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC2" href="microhttpd_2.html#SEC2">2. Constants</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC3" href="microhttpd_3.html#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC4" href="microhttpd_4.html#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC5" href="microhttpd_5.html#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping 
the server</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC6" href="microhttpd_6.html#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC7" href="microhttpd_7.html#SEC7">7. Handling 
requests</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC8" href="microhttpd_8.html#SEC8">8. Building answers to 
responses</a>
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a name="TOC9" href="microhttpd_9.html#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a 
response</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC10" href="microhttpd_10.html#SEC10">8.2 Creating response 
objects</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC11" href="microhttpd_11.html#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to 
a response</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC12" href="microhttpd_12.html#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a 
response object</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC13" href="microhttpd_13.html#SEC13">9. Adding a 
<code>POST</code> processor</a>
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a name="TOC14" href="microhttpd_14.html#SEC14">9.1 Programming 
interface for the <code>POST</code> processor</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC15" href="microhttpd_15.html#SEC15">Copying</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC16" href="microhttpd_16.html#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC17" href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21">Concept Index</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC18" href="microhttpd_18.html#SEC22">Function and Data 
Index</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC19" href="microhttpd_19.html#SEC23">Type Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd.html#SEC_Top" 
title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_17.html#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="microhttpd_abt.html#SEC_About" 
title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.html
===================================================================
--- libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.html                              (rev 0)
+++ libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.html      2008-04-13 09:26:49 UTC (rev 
6704)
@@ -0,0 +1,2818 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" 
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd";>
+<html>
+<!-- This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file microhttpd.h.
+
+
+Copyright C 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+Free Documentation License".
+
+ -->
+<!-- Created on April, 13 2008 by texi2html 1.78 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <address@hidden> (original author)
+            Karl Berry  <address@hidden>
+            Olaf Bachmann <address@hidden>
+            and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people.
+Send bugs and suggestions to <address@hidden>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual">
+<meta name="keywords" content="The GNU libmicrohttpd Reference Manual">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.78">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal;}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" 
vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<a name="Top"></a>
+<a name="SEC_Top"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="settitle">The GNU libmicrohttpd Library</h1>
+<p>This manual documents GNU libmicrohttpd version 0.3.0, last
+updated 13 April 2008. It is built upon the documentation in the
+header file &lsquo;<tt>microhttpd.h</tt>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
+<p>Copyright &copy; 2007, 2008 Christian Grothoff
+</p>
+<blockquote><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this 
document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled &quot;GNU
+Free Documentation License&quot;.
+</p></blockquote>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. 
Introduction</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">2. 
Constants</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">3. Structures type 
definition</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions 
definition</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the 
server</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">7. Handling 
requests</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">8. Building answers to 
responses</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">        
Building responses to requests.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">9. Adding a 
<code>POST</code> processor</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+Appendices
+
+</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC15">Copying</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top">                     The GNU Lesser General Public License says 
how you
+                                can copy and share some parts of 
`libmicrohttpd'.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" 
valign="top">                     The GNU Free Documentation License says how 
you
+                                can copy and share the documentation of 
`libmicrohttpd'.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+Indices
+
+</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC21">Concept 
Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">               
Index of concepts and programs.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">Function and Data 
Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">     Index of 
functions, variables and data types.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">Type 
Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">               
   Index of data types.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>GNU libmicrohttpd is part of the GNU project.
+</p>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dintro"></a>
+<a name="SEC1"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Previous 
section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 1. Introduction </h1>
+
+
+<p>All symbols defined in the public <acronym>API</acronym> start with 
<code>MHD_</code>.  <acronym>MHD</acronym>
+is a small <acronym>HTTP</acronym> daemon library.  As such, it does not have 
any <acronym>API</acronym>
+for logging errors (you can only enable or disable logging to stderr).
+Also, it may not support all of the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> features directly, 
where
+applicable, portions of <acronym>HTTP</acronym> may have to be handled by 
clients of the
+library.
+</p>
+<p>The library is supposed to handle everything that it must handle
+(because the <acronym>API</acronym> would not allow clients to do this), such 
as basic
+connection management; however, detailed interpretations of headers &mdash;
+such as range requests &mdash; and <acronym>HTTP</acronym> methods are left to 
clients.  The
+library does understand <code>HEAD</code> and will only send the headers of
+the response and not the body, even if the client supplied a body.  The
+library also understands headers that control connection management
+(specifically, <code>Connection: close</code> and <code>Expect: 100 
continue</code>
+are understood and handled automatically).
+</p>
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> understands <code>POST</code> data and is able to 
decode certain
+formats (at the moment only <code>application/x-www-form-urlencoded</code>
+and <code>multipart/form-data</code>) using the post processor API.  The
+data stream of a POST is also provided directly to the main
+application, so unsupported encodings could still be processed, just
+not conveniently by <acronym>MHD</acronym>.
+</p>
+<p>The header file defines various constants used by the 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol.
+This does not mean that <acronym>MHD</acronym> actually interprets all of 
these values.
+The provided constants are exported as a convenience for users of the
+library.  <acronym>MHD</acronym> does not verify that transmitted 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> headers are
+part of the standard specification; users of the library are free to
+define their own extensions of the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> standard and use 
those with
+<acronym>MHD</acronym>.
+</p>
+<p>All functions are guaranteed to be completely reentrant and
+thread-safe.  <acronym>MHD</acronym> checks for allocation failures and tries 
to
+recover gracefully (for example, by closing the connection).
+Additionally, clients can specify resource limits on the overall
+number of connections, number of connections per IP address and memory
+used per connection to avoid resource exhaustion.
+</p>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dconst"></a>
+<a name="SEC2"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 2. Constants </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_FLAG</b>
+<a name="IDX1"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Options for the <acronym>MHD</acronym> daemon.
+</p>
+<p>Note that if neither <code>MHD_USER_THREAD_PER_CONNECTION</code> nor
+<code>MHD_USE_SELECT_INTERNALLY</code> are used, the client wants control over
+the process and will call the appropriate microhttpd callbacks.
+</p>
+<p>Starting the daemon may also fail if a particular option is not
+implemented or not supported on the target platform (i.e. no support for
+<acronym>SSL</acronym>, threads or IPv6).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_NO_FLAG</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No options selected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_DEBUG</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run in debug mode.  If this flag is used, the library should print error
+messages and warnings to stderr.  Note that <acronym>MHD</acronym> also needs 
to be
+compiled with the configure option <code>--enable-messages</code> for this
+run-time option to have any effect.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_SSL</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run in https mode (this is not yet supported).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_THREAD_PER_CONNECTION</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using one thread per connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_SELECT_INTERNALLY</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using an internal thread doing <code>SELECT</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_IPv6</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Run using the IPv6 protocol (otherwise, <acronym>MHD</acronym> will 
just support IPv4).
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_USE_PEDANTIC_CHECKS</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Be pedantic about the protocol (as opposed to as tolerant as possible).
+Specifically, at the moment, this flag causes <acronym>MHD</acronym> to reject 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym>
+1.1 connections without a <code>Host</code> header.  This is required by the
+standard, but of course in violation of the &ldquo;be as liberal as possible
+in what you accept&rdquo; norm.  It is recommended to turn this 
<strong>ON</strong>
+if you are testing clients against <acronym>MHD</acronym>, and 
<strong>OFF</strong> in
+production.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_OPTION</b>
+<a name="IDX2"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>MHD</acronym> options.  Passed in the varargs portion of
+<code>MHD_start_daemon()</code>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_END</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No more options / last option.  This is used to terminate the VARARGs
+list.
+</p>  
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_MEMORY_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Maximum memory size per connection (followed by an <code>unsigned 
int</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Maximum number of concurrenct connections to accept (followed by an
+<code>unsigned int</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>After how many seconds of inactivity should a connection automatically
+be timed out? (followed by an <code>unsigned int</code>; use zero for no
+timeout).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Register a function that should be called whenever a request has been
+completed (this can be used for application-specific clean up).
+Requests that have never been presented to the application (via
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback()</code>) will not result in
+notifications.
+</p>
+<p>This option should be followed by <strong>TWO</strong> pointers.  First a
+pointer to a function of type <code>MHD_RequestCompletedCallback()</code>
+and second a pointer to a closure to pass to the request completed
+callback.  The second pointer maybe <code>NULL</code>.
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_OPTION_PER_IP_CONNECTION_LIMIT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Limit on the number of (concurrent) connections made to the
+server from the same IP address.  Can be used to prevent one
+IP from taking over all of the allowed connections.  If the
+same IP tries to establish more than the specified number of
+connections, they will be immediately rejected.  The option
+should be followed by an <code>unsigned int</code>.  The default is
+zero, which means no limit on the number of connections
+from the same IP address.
+</p>
+
+
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_ValueKind</b>
+<a name="IDX3"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The <code>MHD_ValueKind</code> specifies the source of the key-value 
pairs in
+the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_RESPONSE_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Response header.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> header.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_COOKIE_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Cookies.  Note that the original <acronym>HTTP</acronym> header 
containing the cookie(s)
+will still be available and intact.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_POSTDATA_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><code>POST</code> data.  This is available only if a content encoding
+supported by <acronym>MHD</acronym> is used (currently only 
<acronym>URL</acronym> encoding), and
+only if the posted content fits within the available memory pool.  Note
+that in that case, the upload data given to the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback()</code> will be empty (since it has
+already been processed).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_GET_ARGUMENT_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><code>GET</code> (<acronym>URI</acronym>) arguments.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_HEADER_KIND</code></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> footer (only for http 1.1 chunked encodings).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Enumeration:</u> <b>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</b>
+<a name="IDX4"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The <code>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</code> specifies reasons why a 
request
+has been terminated (or completed).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_COMPLETED_OK</code></dt>
+<dd><p>We finished sending the response.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_WITH_ERROR</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Error handling the connection (resources exhausted, other side closed
+connection, application error accepting request, etc.)
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_TIMEOUT_REACHED</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No activity on the connection for the number of seconds specified using
+<code>MHD_OPTION_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>MHD_REQUEST_TERMINATED_DAEMON_SHUTDOWN</code></dt>
+<dd><p>We had to close the session since <acronym>MHD</acronym> was being shut 
down.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dstruct"></a>
+<a name="SEC3"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 3. Structures type definition </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Daemon</b>
+<a name="IDX5"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for the daemon (listening on a socket for 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym> traffic).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Connection</b>
+<a name="IDX6"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for a connection / <acronym>HTTP</acronym> request.  With 
<acronym>HTTP</acronym>/1.1, multiple
+requests can be run over the same connection.  However, <acronym>MHD</acronym> 
will only
+show one request per <acronym>TCP</acronym> connection to the client at any 
given time.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_Response</b>
+<a name="IDX7"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for a response.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>C Struct:</u> <b>MHD_PostProcessor</b>
+<a name="IDX8"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Handle for <code>POST</code> processing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dcb"></a>
+<a name="SEC4"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 4. Callback functions definition </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, const struct sockaddr * addr, socklen_t addrlen)</i>
+<a name="IDX9"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Invoked in the context of a connection to allow or deny a client to
+connect.  This callback return <code>MHD_YES</code> if connection is allowed,
+<code>MHD_NO</code> if not.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <var>addr</var></dt>
+<dd><p>address information from the client;
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <var>addrlen</var></dt>
+<dd><p>length of the address information.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, struct MHD_Connection * connection, const char *url, const char *method, 
const char *version, const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size, 
void **con_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX10"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Invoked in the context of a connection to answer a request from the
+client.  This callback must call <acronym>MHD</acronym> functions (example: the
+<code>MHD_Response</code> ones) to provide content to give back to the client
+and return an <acronym>HTTP</acronym> status code (i.e. <code>200</code> for 
OK, <code>404</code>,
+etc.).
+</p>
+<p><a href="#SEC13">Adding a <code>POST</code> processor</a>, for details on 
how to code this callback.
+</p>
+<p>Must return <code>MHD_YES</code> if the connection was handled successfully,
+<code>MHD_NO</code> if the socket must be closed due to a serious error while
+handling the request
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>url</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>URL</acronym> requested by the client;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>method</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> method used by the client 
(<code>GET</code>, <code>PUT</code>,
+<code>DELETE</code>, <code>POST</code>, etc.);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>version</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the <acronym>HTTP</acronym> version string (i.e. <code>HTTP/1.1</code>);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>upload_data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the data being uploaded (excluding headers):
+</p>
+<ul class="toc">
+<li>
+for a <code>POST</code> that fits into memory and that is encoded with a
+supported encoding, the <code>POST</code> data will <strong>NOT</strong> be 
given in
+<var>upload_data</var> and is instead available as part of
+<code>MHD_get_connection_values()</code>;
+
+</li><li>
+very large <code>POST</code> data <strong>will</strong> be made available
+incrementally in <var>upload_data</var>;
+</li></ul>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>upload_data_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>set initially to the size of the <var>upload_data</var> provided; this
+callback must update this value to the number of bytes <strong>NOT</strong>
+processed; unless external select is used, the callback maybe
+required to process at least some data.  If the callback fails to
+process data in multi-threaded or internal-select mode and if the
+read-buffer is already at the maximum size that MHD is willing to
+use for reading (about half of the maximum amount of memory allowed
+for the connection), then MHD will abort handling the connection
+and return an internal server error to the client.  In order to
+avoid this, clients must be able to process upload data incrementally
+and reduce the value of <code>upload_data_size</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>con_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>reference to a pointer, initially set to <code>NULL</code>, that this 
callback can
+set to some address and that will be preserved by <acronym>MHD</acronym> for 
future
+calls for this request;
+</p>
+<p>since the access handler may be called many times (i.e., for a
+<code>PUT</code>/<code>POST</code> operation with plenty of upload data) this 
allows
+the application to easily associate some request-specific state;
+</p>
+<p>if necessary, this state can be cleaned up in the global
+<code>MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</code> (which can be set with the
+<code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> void <b>*MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</b><i> 
(void *cls, struct MHD_Connectionconnection, void **con_cls, enum 
MHD_RequestTerminationCode toe)</i>
+<a name="IDX11"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Signature of the callback used by <acronym>MHD</acronym> to notify the 
application about
+completed requests.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>connection handle;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>con_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>value as set by the last call to the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>toe</var></dt>
+<dd><p>reason for request termination see 
<code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_KeyValueIterator</b><i> (void *cls, 
enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char *key, const char *value)</i>
+<a name="IDX12"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Iterator over key-value pairs.  This iterator can be used to iterate
+over all of the cookies, headers, or <code>POST</code>-data fields of a
+request, and also to iterate over the headers that have been added to a
+response.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> to continue iterating, <code>MHD_NO</code> to 
abort the
+iteration.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_ContentReaderCallback</b><i> (void 
*cls, size_t pos, char *buf, int max)</i>
+<a name="IDX13"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Callback used by <acronym>MHD</acronym> in order to obtain content.  
The callback has to
+copy at most <var>max</var> bytes of content into <var>buf</var>.  The total
+number of bytes that has been placed into <var>buf</var> should be returned.
+</p>
+<p>Note that returning zero will cause <acronym>MHD</acronym> to try again, 
either
+&ldquo;immediately&rdquo; if in multi-threaded mode (in which case the callback
+may want to do blocking operations) or in the next round if MHD_run is
+used.  Returning zero for a daemon that runs in internal
+<code>select()</code> mode is an error (since it would result in busy
+waiting) and will cause the program to be aborted (<code>abort()</code>).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>pos</var></dt>
+<dd><p>position in the datastream to access; note that if an
+<code>MHD_Response</code> object is re-used, it is possible for the same
+content reader to be queried multiple times for the same data; however,
+if an <code>MHD_Response</code> is not re-used, <acronym>MHD</acronym> 
guarantees that
+<var>pos</var> will be the sum of all non-negative return values obtained
+from the content reader so far.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>-1</code> on error (<acronym>MHD</acronym> will no longer try 
to read content and
+instead close the connection with the client).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> void <b>*MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback</b><i> 
(void *cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX14"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This method is called by <acronym>MHD</acronym> if we are done with a 
content reader.
+It should be used to free resources associated with the content reader.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Pointer:</u> int <b>*MHD_PostDataIterator</b><i> (void *cls, 
enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char *key, const char *filename, const char 
*content_type, const char *transfer_encoding, const char *data, size_t off, 
size_t size)</i>
+<a name="IDX15"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Iterator over key-value pairs where the value maybe made available in
+increments and/or may not be zero-terminated.  Used for processing
+<code>POST</code> data.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value selected at callback registration time;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>kind</var></dt>
+<dd><p>type of the value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>key</var></dt>
+<dd><p>zero-terminated key for the value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>filename</var></dt>
+<dd><p>name of the uploaded file, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>content_type</var></dt>
+<dd><p>mime-type of the data, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>transfer_encoding</var></dt>
+<dd><p>encoding of the data, <code>NULL</code> if not known;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>pointer to size bytes of data at the specified offset;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>off</var></dt>
+<dd><p>offset of data in the overall value;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>number of bytes in data available.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> to continue iterating, <code>MHD_NO</code> to 
abort the
+iteration.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dinit"></a>
+<a name="SEC5"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 5. Starting and stopping the server </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Daemon * <b>MHD_start_daemon</b><i> (unsigned 
int flags, unsigned short port, MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback apc, void *apc_cls, 
MHD_AccessHandlerCallback dh, void *dh_cls, ...)</i>
+<a name="IDX16"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Start a webserver on the given port.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>flags</var></dt>
+<dd><p>OR-ed combination of <code>MHD_FLAG</code> values;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>port</var></dt>
+<dd><p>port to bind to;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>apc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to call to check which clients will be allowed to connect; you
+can pass <code>NULL</code> in which case connections from any 
<acronym>IP</acronym> will be
+accepted;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>apc_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>apc</var>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>dh</var></dt>
+<dd><p>default handler for all <acronym>URI</acronym>s;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>dh_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>dh</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Additional arguments are a list of options (type-value pairs,
+terminated with <code>MHD_OPTION_END</code>). It is mandatory to use
+<code>MHD_OPTION_END</code> as last argument, even when there are no
+additional arguments.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error, handle to daemon on success.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_stop_daemon</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon 
*daemon)</i>
+<a name="IDX17"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Shutdown an <acronym>HTTP</acronym> daemon.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_run</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon)</i>
+<a name="IDX18"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Run webserver operations (without blocking unless in client callbacks).
+This method should be called by clients in combination with
+<code>MHD_get_fdset()</code> if the client-controlled <code>select()</code>
+method is used.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if this daemon 
was not
+started with the right options for this call.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dinspect"></a>
+<a name="SEC6"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 6. Implementing external <code>select</code> </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_fdset</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon, 
fd_set * read_fd_set, fd_set * write_fd_set, fd_set * except_fd_set, int 
*max_fd)</i>
+<a name="IDX19"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Obtain the <code>select()</code> sets for this daemon. The daemon's 
socket
+is added to <var>read_fd_set</var>. The list of currently existent
+connections is scanned and their file descriptors added to the correct
+set.
+</p>
+<p>see <a href="libc.html#Top">(libc)</a>, for details on file descriptor sets.
+</p>
+<p>After the call completed successfully: the variable referenced by
+<var>max_fd</var> references the file descriptor with highest integer
+identifier. The variable must be set to zero before invoking this
+function.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if: the 
arguments are
+invalid (example: <code>NULL</code> pointers); this daemon was not started with
+the right options for this call.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_timeout</b><i> (struct MHD_Daemon *daemon, 
unsigned long long *timeout)</i>
+<a name="IDX20"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Obtain timeout value for select for this daemon (only needed if
+connection timeout is used).  The returned value is how long
+<code>select()</code> should at most block, not the timeout value set for
+connections.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>timeout</var></dt>
+<dd><p>set to the timeout (in milliseconds).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> if timeouts are 
not used
+(or no connections exist that would necessiate the use of a timeout
+right now).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002drequests"></a>
+<a name="SEC7"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 7. Handling requests </h1>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_connection_values</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Connection *connection, enum MHD_ValueKind kind, MHD_KeyValueIterator 
iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX21"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get all the headers matching <var>kind</var> from the request.
+</p>
+<p>The <var>iterator</var> callback is invoked once for each header, with
+<var>iterator_cls</var> as first argument. Return the number of entries
+iterated over; this can be less than the number of headers if, while
+iterating, <var>iterator</var> returns <code>MHD_NO</code>.
+</p>
+<p><var>iterator</var> can be <code>NULL</code>: in this case this function 
just counts
+and returns the number of headers.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> const char * <b>MHD_lookup_connection_value</b><i> 
(struct MHD_Connection *connection, enum MHD_ValueKind kind, const char 
*key)</i>
+<a name="IDX22"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get a particular header value.  If multiple values match the 
<var>kind</var>,
+return one of them (the &ldquo;first&rdquo;, whatever that means).  
<var>key</var> must
+reference a zero-terminated <acronym>ASCII</acronym>-coded string representing 
the
+header to look for: it is compared against the headers using
+<code>strcasecmp()</code>, so case is ignored.  Return <code>NULL</code> if no 
such
+item was found.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponses"></a>
+<a name="SEC8"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 8. Building answers to responses </h1>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a 
response</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">8.2 Creating response 
objects</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">  Creating a 
response object.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a 
response</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response 
object</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p>Response objects handling by <acronym>MHD</acronym> is asynchronous with 
respect to the
+application execution flow. Instances of the <code>MHD_Response</code>
+structure are not associated to a daemon and neither to a client
+connection: they are managed with reference counting.
+</p>
+<p>In the simplest case: we allocate a new <code>MHD_Response</code> structure
+for each response, we use it once and finally we destroy it.
+</p>
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> allows more efficient resources usages.
+</p>
+<p>Example: we allocate a new <code>MHD_Response</code> structure for each
+response <strong>kind</strong>, we use it every time we have to give that
+responce and we finally destroy it only when the daemon shuts down.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-enqueue"></a>
+<a name="SEC9"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 8.1 Enqueuing a response </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_queue_response</b><i> (struct MHD_Connection 
*connection, unsigned int status_code, struct MHD_Response *response)</i>
+<a name="IDX23"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Queue a response to be transmitted to the client as soon as possible
+(increment the reference counter).
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the connection identifying the client;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>status_code</var></dt>
+<dd><p><acronym>HTTP</acronym> status code (i.e. <code>200</code> for OK);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>response</var></dt>
+<dd><p>response to transmit.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success or if message has been queued.  
Return
+<code>MHD_NO</code>: if arguments are invalid (example: <code>NULL</code> 
pointer); on
+error (i.e. reply already sent).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_destroy_response</b><i> (struct MHD_Response 
*response)</i>
+<a name="IDX24"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Destroy a response object and associated resources (decrement the
+reference counter).  Note that <acronym>MHD</acronym> may keep some of the 
resources
+around if the response is still in the queue for some clients, so the
+memory may not necessarily be freed immediatley.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<p>An explanation of reference counting<a name="DOCF1" href="#FOOT1">(1)</a>:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+a <code>MHD_Response</code> object is allocated:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">struct MHD_Response * 
response = MHD_create_response_from_data(...);
+/* here: reference counter = 1 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the <code>MHD_Response</code> object is enqueued in a 
<code>MHD_Connection</code>:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre 
class="example">MHD_queue_response(connection, , response);
+/* here: reference counter = 2 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the creator of the response object discharges responsibility for it:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre 
class="example">MHD_destroy_response(response);
+/* here: reference counter = 1 */
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+</li><li>
+the daemon handles the connection sending the response's data to the
+client then decrements the reference counter by calling
+<code>MHD_destroy_response()</code>: the counter's value drops to zero and
+the <code>MHD_Response</code> object is released.
+</li></ol>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-create"></a>
+<a name="SEC10"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 8.2 Creating response objects </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Response * 
<b>MHD_create_response_from_callback</b><i> (size_t size, unsigned int 
block_size, MHD_ContentReaderCallback crc, void *crc_cls, 
MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback crfc)</i>
+<a name="IDX25"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a response object.  The response object can be extended with
+header information and then it can be used any number of times.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>size of the data portion of the response, <code>-1</code> for unknown;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>block_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>preferred block size for querying <var>crc</var> (advisory only, 
<acronym>MHD</acronym> may
+still call <var>crc</var> using smaller chunks); this is essentially the
+buffer size used for <acronym>IO</acronym>, clients should pick a value that is
+appropriate for <acronym>IO</acronym> and memory performance requirements;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to use to obtain response data;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crc_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>extra argument to <var>crc</var>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>crfc</var></dt>
+<dd><p>callback to call to free <var>crc_cls</var> resources.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (i.e. invalid arguments, out of memory).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_Response * 
<b>MHD_create_response_from_data</b><i> (size_t size, void *data, int 
must_free, int must_copy)</i>
+<a name="IDX26"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a response object.  The response object can be extended with
+header information and then it can be used any number of times.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>size of the data portion of the response;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>data</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the data itself;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>must_free</var></dt>
+<dd><p>if true: <acronym>MHD</acronym> should free data when done;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>must_copy</var></dt>
+<dd><p>if true: <acronym>MHD</acronym> allocates a block of memory and use it 
to make a copy of
+<var>data</var> embedded in the returned <code>MHD_Response</code> structure;
+handling of the embedded memory is responsibility of <acronym>MHD</acronym>; 
<var>data</var>
+can be released anytime after this call returns.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (i.e. invalid arguments, out of memory).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<p>Example: create a response from a statically allocated string:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">const char * data = 
&quot;&lt;html&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Error!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;&quot;;
+
+struct MHD_Connection * connection = ...;
+struct MHD_Response *   response;
+
+response = MHD_create_response_from_data(strlen(data), data,
+                                         MHD_NO, MHD_NO);
+MHD_queue_response(connection, 404, response);
+MHD_destroy_response(response);
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-headers"></a>
+<a name="SEC11"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 8.3 Adding headers to a response </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_add_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *header, const char *content)</i>
+<a name="IDX27"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Add a header line to the response. The strings referenced by
+<var>header</var> and <var>content</var> must be zero-terminated and they are
+duplicated into memory blocks embedded in <var>response</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Notice that the strings must not hold newlines, carriage returns or tab
+chars.
+</p>
+<p>Return <code>MHD_NO</code> on error (i.e. invalid header or content format 
or
+memory allocation error).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_del_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *header, const char *content)</i>
+<a name="IDX28"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Delete a header line from the response.  Return <code>MHD_NO</code> on 
error
+(arguments are invalid or no such header known).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dresponse-inspect"></a>
+<a name="SEC12"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 8.4 Inspecting a response object </h2>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_get_response_headers</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, MHD_KeyValueIterator iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX29"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Get all of the headers added to a response.
+</p>
+<p>Invoke the <var>iterator</var> callback for each header in the response,
+using <var>iterator_cls</var> as first argument. Return number of entries
+iterated over.  <var>iterator</var> can be <code>NULL</code>: in this case the 
function
+just counts headers.
+</p>
+<p><var>iterator</var> should not modify the its key and value arguments, 
unless
+we know what we are doing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> const char * <b>MHD_get_response_header</b><i> (struct 
MHD_Response *response, const char *key)</i>
+<a name="IDX30"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Find and return a pointer to the value of a particular header from the
+response.  <var>key</var> must reference a zero-terminated string
+representing the header to look for. The search is case sensitive.
+Return <code>NULL</code> if header does not exist or <var>key</var> is 
<code>NULL</code>.
+</p>
+<p>We should not modify the value, unless we know what we are doing.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dpost"></a>
+<a name="SEC13"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 9. Adding a <code>POST</code> processor </h1>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface 
for the <code>POST</code> processor</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td 
align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p><acronym>MHD</acronym> provides the post procesor API to make it easier for 
applications to
+parse the data of a client's <code>POST</code> request: the
+<code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code> will be invoked multiple times to
+process data as it arrives; at each invocation a new chunk of data must
+be processed. The arguments <var>upload_data</var> and 
<var>upload_data_size</var>
+are used to reference the chunk of data.
+</p>
+<p>When <code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code> is invoked for a new connection:
+its <code>*<var>con_cls</var></code> argument is set to <code>NULL</code>. 
When <code>POST</code>
+data comes in the upload buffer it is <strong>mandatory</strong> to use the
+<var>con_cls</var> to store a reference to per-connection data.  The fact
+that the pointer was initially <code>NULL</code> can be used to detect that
+this is a new request.  
+</p>
+<p>One method to detect that a new connection was established is
+to set <code>*con_cls</code> to anunused integer:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">int
+access_handler (void *cls,
+                struct MHD_Connection * connection,
+                const char *url,
+                const char *method, const char *version,
+                const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size,
+                void **con_cls)
+{
+  static int old_connection_marker;
+  int new_connection = (MYNULL == *con_cls);
+
+  if (new_connection) 
+    {
+      /* new connection with POST */
+      *con_cls = &amp;old_connection_marker;
+    }
+
+  ...
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>In contrast to the previous example, for <code>POST</code> requests in 
particular,
+it is more common to use the value of <code>*con_cls</code> to keep track of
+actual state used during processing, such as the post processor (or a
+struct containing a post processor):
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">int
+access_handler (void *cls,
+                struct MHD_Connection * connection,
+                const char *url,
+                const char *method, const char *version,
+                const char *upload_data, unsigned int *upload_data_size,
+                void **con_cls)
+{
+  struct MHD_PostProcessor * pp = *con_cls;
+
+  if (pp == NULL) 
+    {
+      pp = MHD_create_post_processor(connection, ...);
+      *con_cls = pp;
+      return MHD_YES;
+    }
+  if (*upload_data_size) 
+    {
+      MHD_post_process(pp, upload_data, *upload_data_size);
+      *upload_data_size = 0;
+      return MHD_YES;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return MHD_queue_response(...);
+    }
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>Note that the callback from <code>MHD_OPTION_NOTIFY_COMPLETED</code>
+should be used to destroy the post processor.  This cannot be
+done inside of the access handler since the connection may not
+always terminate normally.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="microhttpd_002dpost-api"></a>
+<a name="SEC14"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 9.1 Programming interface for the <code>POST</code> 
processor </h2>
+
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> struct MHD_PostProcessor * 
<b>MHD_create_post_processor</b><i> (struct MHD_Connection *connection, 
unsigned int buffer_size, MHD_PostDataIterator iterator, void *iterator_cls)</i>
+<a name="IDX31"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Create a PostProcessor.  A PostProcessor can be used to (incrementally)
+parse the data portion of a <code>POST</code> request.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>connection</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the connection on which the <code>POST</code> is happening (used to 
determine
+the <code>POST</code> format);
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>buffer_size</var></dt>
+<dd><p>maximum number of bytes to use for internal buffering (used only for the
+parsing, specifically the parsing of the keys).  A tiny value (256-1024)
+should be sufficient; do <strong>NOT</strong> use a value smaller than 256;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>iterator</var></dt>
+<dd><p>iterator to be called with the parsed data; must <strong>NOT</strong> be
+<code>NULL</code>;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>iterator_cls</var></dt>
+<dd><p>custom value to be used as first argument to <var>iterator</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>NULL</code> on error (out of memory, unsupported encoding), 
otherwise
+a PP handle.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> int <b>MHD_post_process</b><i> (struct MHD_PostProcessor 
*pp, const char *post_data, unsigned int post_data_len)</i>
+<a name="IDX32"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Parse and process <code>POST</code> data.  Call this function when 
<code>POST</code>
+data is available (usually during an <code>MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code>)
+with the <var>upload_data</var> and <var>upload_data_size</var>.  Whenever
+possible, this will then cause calls to the
+<code>MHD_IncrementalKeyValueIterator</code>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <var>pp</var></dt>
+<dd><p>the post processor;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>post_data</var></dt>
+<dd><p><var>post_data_len</var> bytes of <code>POST</code> data;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <var>post_data_len</var></dt>
+<dd><p>length of <var>post_data</var>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Return <code>MHD_YES</code> on success, <code>MHD_NO</code> on error
+(out-of-memory, iterator aborted, parse error).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> void <b>MHD_destroy_post_processor</b><i> (struct 
MHD_PostProcessor *pp)</i>
+<a name="IDX33"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Release PostProcessor resources.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Copying"></a>
+<a name="SEC15"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Copying </h1>
+<p align="center"> Version 2.1, February 1999
+</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="display">Copyright &copy; 1991, 1999 
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
+version number 2.1.]
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<a name="SEC16"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> Preamble </h3>
+
+<p>  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software&mdash;to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+</p>
+<p>  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software&mdash;typically libraries&mdash;of the Free
+Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You can use
+it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this
+license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to
+use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+</p>
+<p>  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these
+things.
+</p>
+<p>  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+</p>
+<p>  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+</p>
+<p>  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+</p>
+<p>  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+</p>
+<p>  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+</p>
+<p>  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+</p>
+<p>  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+</p>
+<p>  We call this license the <em>Lesser</em> General Public License because it
+does <em>Less</em> to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+</p>
+<p>  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+</p>
+<p>  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+</p>
+<p>  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+</p>
+<p>  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+&ldquo;work based on the library&rdquo; and a &ldquo;work that uses the 
library&rdquo;.  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+</p>
+<a name="SEC17"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND 
MODIFICATION </h3>
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program
+which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other
+authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
+Lesser General Public License (also called &ldquo;this License&rdquo;).  Each
+licensee is addressed as &ldquo;you&rdquo;.
+
+<p>  A &ldquo;library&rdquo; means a collection of software functions and/or 
data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+</p>
+<p>  The &ldquo;Library&rdquo;, below, refers to any such software library or 
work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A &ldquo;work based on the
+Library&rdquo; means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term &ldquo;modification&rdquo;.)
+</p>
+<p>  &ldquo;Source code&rdquo; for a work means the preferred form of the work 
for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+</p>
+<p>  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+<p>  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+</li><li>
+You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+</li><li>
+You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+in the event an application does not supply such function or
+table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+<p>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+root function must still compute square roots.)
+</p></li></ol>
+
+<p>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+</p>
+<p>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+</p>
+<p>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+<p>  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+</p>
+<p>  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+<p>  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo;.  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+<p>  However, linking a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; with the 
Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a &ldquo;work that uses the
+library&rdquo;.  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+</p>
+<p>  When a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; uses material from a 
header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+</p>
+<p>  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+</p>
+<p>  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a &ldquo;work that uses the Library&rdquo; with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+<p>  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+with the Library, with the complete machine-readable &ldquo;work that
+uses the Library&rdquo;, as object code and/or source code, so that the
+user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+to use the modified definitions.)
+
+</li><li>
+Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library.  A
+suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the
+library already present on the user's computer system, rather than
+copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate
+properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs
+one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the
+version that the work was made with.
+
+</li><li>
+Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+least three years, to give the same user the materials
+specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+</li><li>
+If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+specified materials from the same place.
+
+</li><li>
+Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>  For an executable, the required form of the &ldquo;work that uses the
+Library&rdquo; must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
+executable.
+</p>
+<p>  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+Sections above.
+
+</li><li>
+Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+</li></ol>
+
+</li><li>
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+</li><li>
+You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+</li><li>
+Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+</li><li>
+If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+<p>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+</p>
+<p>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+</p>
+<p>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+<p>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+&ldquo;any later version&rdquo;, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+
+</li><li>
+BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+</li><li>
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+</li></ol>
+
+
+
+<a name="SEC18"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries </h3>
+
+<p>  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+</p>
+<p>  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+&ldquo;copyright&rdquo; line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample"><var>one line to give 
the library's name and an idea of what it does.</var>
+Copyright (C) <var>year</var>  <var>name of author</var>
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at
+your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+USA.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+</p>
+<p>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a &ldquo;copyright disclaimer&rdquo; for the library, 
if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby 
disclaims all copyright interest in the library
+`Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+<var>signature of Ty Coon</var>, 1 April 1990
+Ty Coon, President of Vice
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>That's all there is to it!
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="GNU_002dFDL"></a>
+<a name="SEC19"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> GNU-FDL </h1>
+<p align="center"> Version 1.2, November 2002
+</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="display">Copyright &copy; 
2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<ol>
+<li>
+PREAMBLE
+
+<p>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document <em>free</em> in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+</p>
+<p>This License is a kind of &ldquo;copyleft&rdquo;, which means that 
derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+</p>
+<p>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+<p>This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The &ldquo;Document&rdquo;, below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as &ldquo;you&rdquo;.  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Modified Version&rdquo; of the Document means any work containing 
the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Secondary Section&rdquo; is a named appendix or a front-matter 
section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Invariant Sections&rdquo; are certain Secondary Sections whose 
titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Cover Texts&rdquo; are certain short passages of text that are 
listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+</p>
+<p>A &ldquo;Transparent&rdquo; copy of the Document means a machine-readable 
copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not &ldquo;Transparent&rdquo; is called 
&ldquo;Opaque&rdquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+<small>ASCII</small> without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+format, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> using a publicly 
available
+<acronym>DTD</acronym>, and standard-conforming simple <acronym>HTML</acronym>,
+PostScript or <acronym>PDF</acronym> designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include <acronym>PNG</acronym>, 
<acronym>XCF</acronym> and
+<acronym>JPG</acronym>.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or
+<acronym>XML</acronym> for which the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and/or processing 
tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated <acronym>HTML</acronym>,
+PostScript or <acronym>PDF</acronym> produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Title Page&rdquo; means, for a printed book, the title page 
itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, &ldquo;Title Page&rdquo; 
means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+</p>
+<p>A section &ldquo;Entitled XYZ&rdquo; means a named subunit of the Document 
whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;, or 
&ldquo;History&rdquo;.)  To &ldquo;Preserve the Title&rdquo;
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section &ldquo;Entitled XYZ&rdquo; according to this definition.
+</p>
+<p>The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+<p>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+</p>
+<p>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+<p>If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+</p>
+<p>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+</p>
+<p>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+</p>
+<p>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+<p>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+</p>
+<ol>
+<li>
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+</li><li>
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+</li><li>
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+</li><li>
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+</li><li>
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+</li><li>
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve the section Entitled &ldquo;History&rdquo;, Preserve its Title, and 
add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section Entitled &ldquo;History&rdquo; in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the &ldquo;History&rdquo; section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+</li><li>
+For any section Entitled &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo; or 
&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+</li><li>
+Delete any section Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+</li><li>
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo; 
or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+</li><li>
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+</p>
+<p>You may add a section Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements&rdquo;, provided it 
contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties&mdash;for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+</p>
+<p>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+</p>
+<p>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+<p>You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+</p>
+<p>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+</p>
+<p>In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled 
&ldquo;History&rdquo;
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+&ldquo;History&rdquo;; likewise combine any sections Entitled 
&ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+and any sections Entitled &ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;.  You must delete all
+sections Entitled &ldquo;Endorsements.&rdquo;
+</p>
+</li><li>
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+<p>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+</p>
+<p>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+<p>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an &ldquo;aggregate&rdquo; if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+</p>
+<p>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+TRANSLATION
+
+<p>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+</p>
+<p>If a section in the Document is Entitled &ldquo;Acknowledgements&rdquo;,
+&ldquo;Dedications&rdquo;, or &ldquo;History&rdquo;, the requirement (section 
4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+TERMINATION
+
+<p>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+<p>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+<a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/";>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License &ldquo;or any later version&rdquo; applies to it, you have the option 
of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+</p></li></ol>
+
+
+<a name="SEC20"></a>
+<h2 class="heading"> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </h2>
+
+<p>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">  Copyright (C)  
<var>year</var>  <var>your name</var>.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+  Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the &ldquo;with&hellip;Texts.&rdquo; line with this:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="smallexample">    with the Invariant 
Sections being <var>list their titles</var>, with
+    the Front-Cover Texts being <var>list</var>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+    being <var>list</var>.
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+</p>
+<p>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Concept-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC21"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Concept Index </h1>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Function-and-Data-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC22"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Next section in 
reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Next chapter"> 
&gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Function and Data Index </h1>
+
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC22_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>*</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+<br>
+<a href="#SEC22_1" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-fn">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> 
Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC22_0">*</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX9"><code>*MHD_AcceptPolicyCallback</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX10"><code>*MHD_AccessHandlerCallback</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX13"><code>*MHD_ContentReaderCallback</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX14"><code>*MHD_ContentReaderFreeCallback</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX12"><code>*MHD_KeyValueIterator</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX15"><code>*MHD_PostDataIterator</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX11"><code>*MHD_RequestCompletedCallback</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC22_1">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX27"><code>MHD_add_response_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX31"><code>MHD_create_post_processor</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for the 
<code>POST</code> processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX25"><code>MHD_create_response_from_callback</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">8.2 Creating response objects</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX26"><code>MHD_create_response_from_data</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">8.2 Creating response objects</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX28"><code>MHD_del_response_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX33"><code>MHD_destroy_post_processor</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for the 
<code>POST</code> processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX24"><code>MHD_destroy_response</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX21"><code>MHD_get_connection_values</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">7. Handling requests</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX19"><code>MHD_get_fdset</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC6">6. Implementing external <code>select</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX30"><code>MHD_get_response_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response object</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX29"><code>MHD_get_response_headers</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response object</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX20"><code>MHD_get_timeout</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC6">6. Implementing external <code>select</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX22"><code>MHD_lookup_connection_value</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">7. Handling requests</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX32"><code>MHD_post_process</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for the <code>POST</code> 
processor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX23"><code>MHD_queue_response</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a response</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX18"><code>MHD_run</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">5. 
Starting and stopping the server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX16"><code>MHD_start_daemon</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX17"><code>MHD_stop_daemon</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the server</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC22_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>*</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+<br>
+<a href="#SEC22_1" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Type-Index"></a>
+<a name="SEC23"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Previous section 
in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Beginning of this 
chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up 
</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt;&gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="unnumbered"> Type Index </h1>
+
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC23_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-tp">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> 
Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC23_0">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX6"><code>MHD_Connection</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX5"><code>MHD_Daemon</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX1"><code>MHD_FLAG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">2. 
Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX2"><code>MHD_OPTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX8"><code>MHD_PostProcessor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX4"><code>MHD_RequestTerminationCode</code></a></td><td 
valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX7"><code>MHD_Response</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#IDX3"><code>MHD_ValueKind</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a 
href="#SEC2">2. Constants</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC23_0" 
class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp; 
+</td></tr></table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="SEC_Foot"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>Footnotes</h1>
+<h3><a name="FOOT1" href="#DOCF1">(1)</a></h3>
+<p>Note to readers acquainted
+to the Tcl <acronym>API</acronym>: reference counting on 
<code>MHD_Connection</code>
+structures is handled in the same way as Tcl handles <code>Tcl_Obj</code>
+structures through <code>Tcl_IncrRefCount()</code> and
+<code>Tcl_DecrRefCount()</code>.
+</p><hr size="1">
+<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="contents">
+
+<ul class="toc">
+  <li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Introduction</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC2" href="#SEC2">2. Constants</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the server</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC6" href="#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC7" href="#SEC7">7. Handling requests</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC8" href="#SEC8">8. Building answers to responses</a>
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a name="TOC9" href="#SEC9">8.1 Enqueuing a response</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC10" href="#SEC10">8.2 Creating response objects</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC11" href="#SEC11">8.3 Adding headers to a response</a></li>
+    <li><a name="TOC12" href="#SEC12">8.4 Inspecting a response object</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC13" href="#SEC13">9. Adding a <code>POST</code> processor</a>
+  <ul class="toc">
+    <li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">9.1 Programming interface for the 
<code>POST</code> processor</a></li>
+  </ul></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC15" href="#SEC15">Copying</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC16" href="#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC21">Concept Index</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC18" href="#SEC22">Function and Data Index</a></li>
+  <li><a name="TOC19" href="#SEC23">Type Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="shortcontents">
+<ul class="toc">
+<li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Introduction</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC2" href="#SEC2">2. Constants</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">3. Structures type definition</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">4. Callback functions definition</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">5. Starting and stopping the server</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC6" href="#SEC6">6. Implementing external 
<code>select</code></a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC7" href="#SEC7">7. Handling requests</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC8" href="#SEC8">8. Building answers to responses</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC13" href="#SEC13">9. Adding a <code>POST</code> 
processor</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC15" href="#SEC15">Copying</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC16" href="#SEC19">GNU-FDL</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC21">Concept Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC18" href="#SEC22">Function and Data Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC19" href="#SEC23">Type Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="SEC_About"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of 
document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of 
contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" 
title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? 
</a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>About This Document</h1>
+<p>
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+</p>
+<p>
+  The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
+</p>
+<table border="1">
+  <tr>
+    <th> Button </th>
+    <th> Name </th>
+    <th> Go to </th>
+    <th> From 1.2.3 go to</th>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &lt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Back</td>
+    <td>Previous section in reading order</td>
+    <td>1.2.2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &gt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Forward</td>
+    <td>Next section in reading order</td>
+    <td>1.2.4</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &lt;&lt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">FastBack</td>
+    <td>Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter</td>
+    <td>1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ Up ] </td>
+    <td align="center">Up</td>
+    <td>Up section</td>
+    <td>1.2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ &gt;&gt; ] </td>
+    <td align="center">FastForward</td>
+    <td>Next chapter</td>
+    <td>2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Top] </td>
+    <td align="center">Top</td>
+    <td>Cover (top) of document</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Contents] </td>
+    <td align="center">Contents</td>
+    <td>Table of contents</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [Index] </td>
+    <td align="center">Index</td>
+    <td>Index</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td align="center"> [ ? ] </td>
+    <td align="center">About</td>
+    <td>About (help)</td>
+    <td> &nbsp; </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>
+  where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at 
<strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following 
structure:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li> 1. Section One
+    <ul>
+      <li>1.1 Subsection One-One
+        <ul>
+          <li>...</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.2 Subsection One-Two
+        <ul>
+          <li>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One</li>
+          <li>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two</li>
+          <li>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp;
+            <strong>&lt;== Current Position </strong></li>
+          <li>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.3 Subsection One-Three
+        <ul>
+          <li>...</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>1.4 Subsection One-Four</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+  This document was generated by <em>Christian Grothoff</em> on <em>April, 13 
2008</em> using <a href="http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/";><em>texi2html 
1.78</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: libmicrohttpd-docs/WWW/microhttpd.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream





reply via email to

[Prev in Thread] Current Thread [Next in Thread]